occlusion in fpd 13-08-10
DESCRIPTION
okkluzTRANSCRIPT
GOOD MORNING
CONTENTS Introduction
Important terms
History
Philosophies of occlusion
Organization of occlusion
Determinants of occlusal morphology
Importance of occlusal harmony
Treatment goals for occlusion to be in harmony
occlusal equilibration
Occlusal interferences
Occlusal Correction Therapy
Conclusion
References
Introduction
ldquoocrdquo means ldquouprdquo
ldquoclusionrdquo means
ldquoclosingrdquo
ldquoocclusion ldquo means ldquoclosing
uprdquo
ldquo Occlusion means to block to shut in to bring
togetherPrime
(Oxford English Dictionary)
IMPORTANT TERMS
Occlusion
ldquoThe static relationship between incising or masticating surfaces of
maxillary and mandibular teeth or tooth analogues
(GPT 8)
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
CONTENTS Introduction
Important terms
History
Philosophies of occlusion
Organization of occlusion
Determinants of occlusal morphology
Importance of occlusal harmony
Treatment goals for occlusion to be in harmony
occlusal equilibration
Occlusal interferences
Occlusal Correction Therapy
Conclusion
References
Introduction
ldquoocrdquo means ldquouprdquo
ldquoclusionrdquo means
ldquoclosingrdquo
ldquoocclusion ldquo means ldquoclosing
uprdquo
ldquo Occlusion means to block to shut in to bring
togetherPrime
(Oxford English Dictionary)
IMPORTANT TERMS
Occlusion
ldquoThe static relationship between incising or masticating surfaces of
maxillary and mandibular teeth or tooth analogues
(GPT 8)
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Introduction
ldquoocrdquo means ldquouprdquo
ldquoclusionrdquo means
ldquoclosingrdquo
ldquoocclusion ldquo means ldquoclosing
uprdquo
ldquo Occlusion means to block to shut in to bring
togetherPrime
(Oxford English Dictionary)
IMPORTANT TERMS
Occlusion
ldquoThe static relationship between incising or masticating surfaces of
maxillary and mandibular teeth or tooth analogues
(GPT 8)
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
IMPORTANT TERMS
Occlusion
ldquoThe static relationship between incising or masticating surfaces of
maxillary and mandibular teeth or tooth analogues
(GPT 8)
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Occlusion
ldquoThe static relationship between incising or masticating surfaces of
maxillary and mandibular teeth or tooth analogues
(GPT 8)
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Acc To Ramfjord amp Ash
Occlusion =contact between teeth
ldquoMultifactorial functional relationship between teeth amp other
components of the masticatory system as well as with other areas of
head amp neck that directly or indirectly relate to function
parafunction or dysfunction of the masticatory systemrdquo
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Centric occlusion The occlusion of opposing teeth when the mandible is in centric
relation This may or may not coincide with the maximal intercuspal
position
(GPT-8)
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Maximum Intercuspation The complete intercuspation of the opposing teeth independent of
condylar position sometimes referred to as the best fit of the teeth
regardless of the condylar position(GPT-8)
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Articulation
It is ldquothe static and dynamic contact relationship between
the occlusal surfaces of teeth during functionrdquo
GPT(8)
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
History
Fictional period (prior
to 1900)
Gliding of teeth
Hypothetical period
(1900-1930)
Edward Hartley Angle
Mathew Cryyer
Calvin Case
BE Lischer Paul Simon
Millo hellman
Factual period (1930 to present )
Concept of dynamic occlusion
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Pioneers like Fuller Clark amp Imerie propagated antagonism amp
meeting or gliding of teeth
Eugene Talbotrsquos text(1900) irregularities of teeth amp their treatment
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Edward angle (1899) ldquogave the key to occlusionrdquo
Mathew Cryyer amp Calvin case
Occlusion refers to the closure of
teeth one upon the other amp
normal dental relations normal
occlusion and typical occlusion
refering to the standard
anatomical occlusion
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
BE Lischer amp Paul Simon (1922)
bullBroadened the concept of occlusion
bullRelated teeth to the rest of the face amp cranium
Milo Hellaman
Advocated racial variation in occlusion
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Based on facts rather than fiction
Holly Broadbent amp Haus Planer (1930) occlusion =
interdigitation of teeth + status of controlling
musculature amp functional factors
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
2 School of thoughts
1 Gnathology
2 Functionalism
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Gnathological concept of occlusion
Dr Beverly B McCollum Father of Gnathology
Dr Harvey Stallard proposed the word Gnathology
Derived from Gnathos jaw + ology study of or knowledge of
Dr McCollum founded the Gnathological Society (1926)
McCollum define Gnathology as
ldquoGnathology is the Science that treats the biologics of the
masticating mechanisms that is the morphology anatomy
histology physiology pathology and the therapeutics of the oral
organ especially the jaws and teeth and the vital relations of the
organ to the rest of the body
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
In 1927 Harvey Stallard recognized that the teeth dictate the arc of
closure and the occluded position of the mandible If articulators were
to be used to reveal mal-occluded teeth then interocclusal records
would be needed to mount the casts in the centric relation position
In 1930 Dr Charles Stuart and Dr McCollum developed the first
semi-adjustable articulator called the McCollum Gnathoscope
In 1934 with the aid of Dr Stuart McCollum produced the first
mandibular movement recorder known as the McCollum Gnathograph
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
ARNE G LAURITZEN
Direction of occlusal stresses located close to the long axis of teeth ndash allows
restoration of dentition in max Intercuspation at centric relation position
Occlusal loads fall on as great no Of teeth as possible
Optimal tooth-to-tooth occlusion should reach terminal hinge-axis
intercuspation without interferences
Ideal relations obtained with canine-guided occlusion
Group contact bw upper amp lower anterior teeth during protrusive
movement
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
NILES GUICHET amp GNATHOLOGY
Explained adv Of canine guidance by means of biomechanics
Denar articulator was used
Concept followed ndash canines have a mechanical adv of standing
lateral stress 8 times than 2nd premolars
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
FREEDOM IN CENTRIC CONCEPT
POSSELT ndash 1st to describe its principles
Functional occlusion ndash support from Ramfjord amp
Ash
Max Intercuspation amp centric relation are
concident but flat areas on the depth of fossae
on which opposing cusps occlude will allow for a
certain degree of freedom in both centric amp
eccentric movements without guiding influences
of occlusal inclines
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
PANKEY MANN-SCHUYLER CONCEPT
Obj optimal health masticatory effeciency comfort amp esthetics
Characteristics
i Stable amp static contacts over greatest no Of teeth in centric relation
ii Long centric
iii Group function during lateral excursions
iv No contact on balancing side
v During protrusive movements an immediate disocclusion of post Teeth might occur
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
DAWSONrsquoS CONCEPT
CRITERIA FOR IDEAL OCCLUSION
i Stable contacts on all teeth at the level of centric relation with
positioning of condyles at highest point aganist eminentia
ii Anterior guidance must be in harmony with border movements of envelope of motion
iii Disocclusion of all post Teeth during protrusive movements amp on balancing side
iv Gp Function on working side
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
For development of an ideal occlusion ant Teeth are more capable of
supporting stress than posterior brsquocoz of
1 Mechanical position in relation to the fulcrum (tmj) amp force
(masticatory muscles)
2 Higher density of bone surrounding ant Long roots
3 Better crown to root ratio
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Dawson presented his theory of ldquonutcrackerrdquo
The nut ldquoant Teethrdquo is from fulcrum (condyles) lesser would be the
force exerted on the nut
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
European conceptual model
Also ka Gerberrsquos Condylar Displacement Theory
Any deviation related to this mandibular centralization
constitutes a condylar displacement
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Concepts of occlusion
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Not used in FPD
Unilaterally balanced occlusion
Group function
Mutually protected occlusion
Anterior protected articulation
Canine protected articulation
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Bilaterally balanced occlusion
Based on the work of Von Spee amp Monson
Not used in fixed prosthodontics today
It states that a maximum numbers of teeth should contact in all
exursive positions of mandible
Advantages
Useful in complete denture
Increases stability
Disadvantages
Increases rate of occlusal wear
Accelerated periodontal breakdown
Neuromuscular disturbances
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Unilaterally balanced occlusion Group Function
Its origin is in the work of Schuyler
ldquoWho demonstrated the destuctive nature of tooth contacts on the non-working side and
concluded cross-arch balance not required in natural teethrdquo
Teeth on non- working side are not in contact
Most desirable group function consists of canines premolars amp sometimes the mesio-buccal cusp
of the first molar on the working side
Any laterotrusive contacts more posterior than the mesial portion of the first molar are not
desirable because of the increased amount of force that can be placed as they are near the fulcrum
and force vectors
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Advantages
Distributes occlusal loads better
Absence of contacts on non-working side prevents those teeth from
being subjected to the destructive
Saves centric holding cusps from excessive wear
Maintains occlusion
Disadvantages
Excessive load on posterior teeth of working side
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Mutually Protected Occlusion
During the early 1960rsquos the occlusal scheme called Mutually
Protected Occlusion was advocated by Stuart amp Stallard
Based on earlier work of DrsquoAmico
This concept states that anterior teeth bear all the load and posterior
teeth are disoccluded in any excursive position of the mandible
Centric relation coincide with maximum intercuspation
Anterior teeth contact very lightly or slightly out of contact (approx25
micron)
Anterior teeth protect posterior teeth in excursions amp post Teeth
protects ant Teeth in intercuspation
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
An occlusal scheme in which the posterior teeth prevent
excessive contact of the anterior teeth in maximum
intercuspation and the anterior teeth disengage the posterior
teeth in all mandibular excursive movements Alternatively
an occlusal scheme in which the anterior teeth disengage the
posterior teeth in all mandibular excursive movements and
the posterior teeth prevent excessive contact of the anterior
teeth in maximum intercuspation
( GPT -8)
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
FRONTAL VEIW WITH MOLARS IN CENTRIC RELATION
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
LATERAL EXCURSION
CONTACT ON WORKING SIDE
DIS OCCLUSION ON NON WORKING SIDE
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
CENTRIC OCCLUSION VIEWED LATERALLY
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
IN PROTUSION ONLY MAXILLARY AND MANDIBULAR INCISORS ARE IN CONTACT
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Also ka ORGANIC OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the anterior teeth disengages the posterior teeth
in all mandibular excursive movements(GPT-8)
Centric relation position and maximum intercuspation are coincident
The posterior teeth are in a cusp ndash fossa relationship one tooth to one
tooth contact
ANTERIOR PROTECTED ARTICULATION
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Each functional cusp contacts the occlusal fossa at 3 points
while the anterior teeth disocclude
In protusive movement the maxillary 4 incisors guide the
mandible and disclude the posterior teeth (Boderson 1978)
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Also ka CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
A form of mutually protected articulation in which the vertical and
horizontal overlap of the canine teeth disengage the posterior teeth
in the excursive movements of the mandible
(GPT-8)
CANINE PROTECTED OCCLUSION
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Canine acts as naturersquos stress ndash breaker
Mandibular eccentric movements are guided by the canines except in
protusive movement so the canine are a key element in occlusion
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Nicely aligned teeth
Cuspid rise - right side
No posterior teeth in contact
During crossover guidance is from anterior teeth
During crossover none of the posterior teeth on other side are contacting either
Cuspid rise in other direction No posterior contacts
Canine- Guided
Occlusion
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
CANINE GUIDANCE ON WORKING SIDE
NO CONTACTS ON NON-WORKING SIDE IN LATERAL EXCURSION
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE LINGUAL VIEW OF THE CANINE RISE
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE IN SUPPORT OF CANINE GUIDED OCCLUSION
Canines are best suited to accept horizontal forces because-
Longest amp largest roots
Best crown-root ratio
Surrounded by dense compact bone
the location far from TMJ
Many receptors are present in the periodontal ligament so it
controls lateral pressure by directing vertical masticatory
movements
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Advantages-
Absence of frictional wear
Minimizes horizontal loading of post Teeth as they come in contact at
the very end of chewing stroke
In intercuspation no obliquely directed forces on anterior teeth
Ease of fabrication
Greater tolerance by patients
Disadvantages
Good periodontal health of anterior teeth must
Anglersquos class II or III can not be guided by ant Teeth
Cannot be used in Crossbite situations
Missing prosthetic canine
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Posterior determinants Right amp left TMJ amp associated structures
Posterior determinants of occlusion A Angle of the articular eminence (condylar guidance angle) 1 Flat 2 average 3 steep B Anatomy of the medial walls of the mandibular fossae 1 Greater than average 2 average 3 minimal sideshift
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
A shallow protrusive condylar inclination requires short cusps (A) while a steeper path permits the cusps to be longer(B)
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
A pronounced immediate lateral translation requires that the cusps to be short (A) while gradual lateral translation allows the cusps to be longer (B)
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
The angle between the working (W)and the non-working path(NW) is greater on teeth located farther from the condyle
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Anterior Determinants
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
PATIENT ADAPTABILITY There may be differences in the adaptive response of a patient to
occlusal abnormalities
Individuals with a lower threshold will be unable to tolerate even trivial
occlusal deficiencies
Patient with raised threshold may adapt to distinct malocclusions
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
IMPORTANCE OF OCCLUSAL HARMONY
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Ideal mandibular function results from a harmonious relationship of all
the muscles that move the jaws
If intercuspation of tooth is not in harmony with the joint- ligament-
muscle balance a stressful and tiresome protective role is forced onto
the muscle
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Williamson using EMG procedures showed that
interfering contacts on posterior teeth in any eccentric
position causes hyperactivity of the elevator muscles
(JPD 198349816-823)
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Mongini showed direct relationship between the shape of
the condyle after remodelling amp abrasion patterns on the
teeth
Muscles must have complete freedom to function with no
extended demands on any muscle or group of muscles
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Ligaments must be permitted to assume their bracing roles
to permit muscles to rest
If occlusion is in harmony then least horizontal stresses
fall on teeth
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
IF OCCLUSION IS NOT IN HARMONY
Pain tenderness
Teeth may exhibit hypermobility open
contacts or abnormal wear
Widened periodontal ligament space
Periodontal defects
Extensive bone loss
Rapid tooth migration
Widened periodontal ligament space and increased mobility of mandibular molars Occlusal premature contacts were noted in lateral and protrusive movements
Unstable occlusion
Removal of a tooth without
replacement has led to tilting and drifting
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Bruxism amp clenching
Muscle spasm amp pain
Excessive deviation in closing amp opening
of mandible due to asymmetric muscle
activity
Restricted opening amp trismus due to
mandibular elevator muscles spasm
Pain clicking or popping in TMJ
Midline deviation during opening and closing movements can be indicative of asymmetric muscle activity or joint derangement Here during opening less than optimal translation occurs on the patients left side
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
MYOFACIAL PAIN DYSFUNCTION ndash
Diffuse unilateral pain in pre-auricular area with muscle tenderness
clicking or popping noises in the contra lateral TMJ amp limitation of jaw
function
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
TREATMENT GOALS FOR OCCLUSION TO BE IN HARMONY
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
The Objectives of occlusal treatment are as follows
1 To direct the occlusal forces along the long axes of the teeth
2 To attain simultaneous contact of all teeth in centric relation
3 To eliminate any occlusal contact on inclined planes to enhance the
positional stability of the teeth
4 To have centric relation coincide with the maximum intercuspation
position
5 To arrive at the occlusal scheme selected for the patient (eg unilateral
balanced versus mutually protected)
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Occlusal treatment should be-
tooth movement through orthodontics
elimination of deflective occlusal contacts
through selective reshaping of the occlusal
surfaces of teeth
the restoration and replacement of missing
teeth resulting in more favorable distribution
of occlusal force
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
The modification of the occlusal form of the teeth with the
intent of equalizing occlusal stress producing
simultaneous occlusal contacts or harmonizing cuspal
relations
( GPT 8)
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
EQUILIBRATION PROCEDURES
1 Reduction of all contacting tooth surfaces that interfere
with terminal hinge axis closure
2 Selective reduction of tooth structure that interferes
with lateral excursions
3 Elimination of all post tooth structure that interferes
with protrusive excursions
4 Harmonization of ant guidance
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Interferences are undesirable occlusal contacts that may
produce mandibular deviation during closure to maximum
intercuspation or may hinder smooth passage to and from
the intercuspal position
(GPT-8)
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Types of occlusal interferences
1 Centric 2 Lateral
Working
Nonworking
Protrusive
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
LOCATING OCCLUSAL INTERFERENCES
The centric relation position for each condyle must be
confirmed before tooth contacts are marked
Firm pressure must be used to test the position
Pressure should not be applied until after the condyles have
been gently manipulated to the suspected CR seat
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Loading pressure should be directed to seat the condyles against
the eminence while firm upward pressure is also being applied
Distalization of condyles should be avoided
CRndash located at open position
Now hold mandible on its terminal axis amp close on that arc by
increments of a mm or two at a time
Continue a slow opening ndashclosing movement until the first tooth
contact occurs ndash 1st INTERFERENCE
Let pt Feel the first contact hold that position for a sec amp Then
squeeze ndash it determines direction amp degree of lsquoslidersquo from CR
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
The CENTRIC INTERFERENCE is a premature contact --
occurs when the mandible closes with the condyles in their optimum
position in the glenoid fossae
It will cause deflection of the mandible in a posterior anterior andor lateral
direction
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
ELIMINATING INTERFERENCES TO CENTRIC RELATION
Differentiated into two types
1 INTERFERENCES TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
2 INTERFERENCES TO THE LINE OF CLOSURE
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
If the patient slides his mandible to obtain tight closure it indicates the presence of occlusal discrepancies
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
INTERFERENCE TO THE ARC OF CLOSURE
As condyles rotate on their terminal hinge axis each lower tooth follow
an arc of closure all the way to the most closed occlusal position
without any deviation off this arc
Any tooth structure that interferes with this closing arc has the effect of
displacing the mandible forward of interference to reach the most
closed occlusal position
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Primary interferences that deviate the condyle forward produce
Anterior Slide
CORRECTION -
lsquoMUDLrsquo Grind the mesial inclines of upper teeth or distal
inclines of lower teeth
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
INTERFERENCE TO LINE OF CLOSURE
Interferences that cause mandible to deviate
to left or right from 1st point of contact to
most closed position
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Grinding rules are
1 Interfering incline causing mand To deviate off the line of closure
towards the cheek
Grind the buccal incline of the upper or the lingual incline
of the lower or both inclines
2 If interfering incline causes the mandible to deviate off the line of
closure towards the tongue
Grind the lingual incline of upper or buccal incline of lower or
both inclines
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
If interferences produce deviations off both arc of closure amp the line of
closure at same time
Upper inclines are adjusted on inclines that face the same
direction as slide
Lower teeth are adjusted by grinding off inclines that face the
opposite direction from path of slide
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
LATERAL EXCURSION INTERFERENCES
Path followed by lower posterior teeth as they leave CR amp
travel laterally is dictated by
1 Border movements of condyle which act as the post
Determinant
2 Anterior guidance which act as ant Determinant
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
A WORKING INTERFERENCE
may occur when there is contact between the maxillary and mandibular
posterior teeth on the same side of the arches as the direction in which the
mandible has moved
If that contact is heavy enough to disocclude anterior teeth it is an
interference
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
A NONWORKING INTERFERENCE is an occlusal contact
between maxillary and mandibular teeth on the side of the arches opposite the
direction in which the mandible has moved in a lateral excursion
The nonworking interference is of a particularly destructive nature
The potential for damaging the masticatory apparatus has been attributed to
changes in the mandibular leverage the placement of forces outside the long
axes of the teeth and disruption of normal muscle function
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
LOCATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES Manipulate mand To CR
Teeth to be closed on terminal axis arc until they contact hold onto
this position
On working side thumb is released amp all 4 fingers used to exert upward
pressure on working condyle
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
On balancing side ndash pressure to be exerted towards working condyle
While maintaining pressure with both hands ask pt To slide jaw to left
or right
Assistant should insert marking ribbon in dry mouth to record
interferences
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
ELIMINATING LATERAL INTERFERENCES
Balancing side interferences ndash
Eliminate all contact on inclines as soon as lower teeth move out of
CR amp start towards the tongue
Grinding rule
lsquoBULLrsquo - grind the buccal inclines of upper or lingual inclines
of lower
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Protrusive interferences
A premature contact
Only front teeth should touch in protrusive excursions
Occurring between the mesial aspects of mandibular posterior teeth and the
distal aspects of maxillary posterior teeth
Grinding rule ndash lsquoDUMLrsquo grind
distal inclines of upper or
mesial incline of lower teeth
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Occlusal splints occlusal appliances or orthotics
Used extensively in the management of TMJ disorder amp bruxism
Helpful in determining where a proposed change in a patientrsquos occlusal
scheme will be tolerated
Fabricated in an acrylic resin overlay
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Fabrication of the device-
Direct procedure with a vacuum-formed
matrix(autopolymerized)
Indirect procedure with autopolymerizing acrylic
resin
Indirect procedure with heat-polymerized acrylic
resin
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
CONCLUSION
Most restorative procedures affect the shape of occlusal surfaces
Proper dental care ensures that functional contact relationships are
restored in harmony with both dynamic amp static conditions
Therefore maxillary amp mandibular teeth should contact to allow
optimum function minimal trauma to supporting structures amp an
even load distribution throughout dentition
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
References
Books
Iven klinebergrob jagger Occlusion And Clinical Practice-an Evidence-based Approach
John Dos Santos Jr Occlusion- Principles amp concepts
Dawson functional occlusion From TMJ To Smile Design
Dawson Evaluation diagnosis amp treatment of occlusal problems
Okeson
Shillingburg Hobo Whitsett Jacobi Brackett Fundamentals Of Fixed Prosthodontics
Rosensteil Land Fujimoto Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724
Journals
JPD198349816-823
Ogawa Ogimoto Pattern Of Occlusal Contacts In Lateral Position
JPD 19988067
Schuyler Factors of Occlusion As Applicable To Restorative
Dentistry JPD 19533 772-715
Pokorny WeinsLivtak Occlusion For Fixed Prosthodontics ndash A
Historical Perspective of the Gnathological Influence JPD
200899299-313
Johnson Variations in Organic Occlusion JPD 197941625-629
Clark Evans Functional Occlusion A Review JO 200128176-81
Stuart Good Occlusion For Natural Teeth JPD 196414716-724